{"title":"Best Selling Products","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"tomato-yellow-pear-organic-heirloom","title":"Tomato 'Yellow Pear' Organic Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA distinctive heirloom that has been cherished since 17th century as an unusual, delicious little tomato. Indeterminate, regular leaf plant produces HUGE amounts of big clusters of small bright-yellow, pear-shaped tomatoes that are low in acid and have sweet fruity flavors. Delightful, like candy. Great for eating fresh off the vine and in salads. Very eye-catching as a market tomato. Popular with kids. Disease resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHistory well documents the Yellow Pear tomato, indicating the presence of this variety in Europe as early as the 17th century. The earliest known reference to this heirloom in North America comes from the sale records of the Hudson Bay Company in Vancouver, Canada.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eshould be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41666730918102,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoYellowPearOrganicHeirloom.jpg?v=1634234662"},{"product_id":"luxury-perennial-daffodil-apricot-whirl-5-bulbs","title":"Perennial Daffodil ‘Apricot Whirl’ - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e‘Apricot Whirl’ is a sight to behold with soft coloring and a faint minty scent. Blossoms have a triangular presentation, with deeply frilled apricot centers fused on top of ivory outer petals. Its dense, waxy blooms are so special - like nothing else you’ve grown. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe narcissus flowers will become perennials in your garden, will come back year after year and multiply!\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check out all the exquisite varieties from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" title=\"Spring Bulb Sale\"\u003eSpring Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923298492630,"sku":"","price":22.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DaffodilNarcissusApricotWhirl.jpg?v=1635041922"},{"product_id":"luxury-perennial-daffodil-flower-surprise-5-bulbs","title":"Perennial Daffodil 'Flower Surprise' - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eEverybody will love this frilly peony-like variety, so full you wouldn’t know it’s a daffodil. Salmon to melon-hued centers and ivory outer petals look like waves of crumpled tissue, and the medium height blooms smell like buttermint candies. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe narcissus flowers will become perennials and will bloom year after year in your garden.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease see other fantastic bulbs from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eSpring Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923324117206,"sku":"","price":27.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DaffodilNarcissusFlowerSurprise2.jpg?v=1635042668"},{"product_id":"luxury-perennial-daffodil-gay-kybo-5-bulbs","title":"Perennial Daffodil ‘Gay Kybo’ - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRoses in mid spring? Yes please! This unique narcissus variety resembles a rose and has won an impressive number of awards at flower shows. The blossoms of this striking double Daffodil ‘Gay Kybo’ boast layers of creamy white petals interspersed with remarkably intense deep orange corona segments. This delicate overlapping habit creates a perfectly formed, well-rounded bloom that resembles a small rose. Very rare and absolutely amazing. The narcissus flowers will become perennials in your garden, will come back year after year and multiply!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease see other fantastic bulbs from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eSpring Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923368026326,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DaffodilNarcissusGayKybo2.jpg?v=1635044305"},{"product_id":"luxury-perennial-daffodil-petit-four-5-bulbs","title":"Perennial Daffodil ‘Petit Four’ - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e'Petit Four' may become your favorite daffodil of all time! It has white petals surrounded by double-petaled, frilly cups with apricot, peachy pink and creamy yellow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease see other fantastic bulbs from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eSpring Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923375300822,"sku":"","price":19.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DaffodilNarcissusPetitFour.jpg?v=1635044632"},{"product_id":"luxury-tulip-tulip-dreamer-5-bulbs","title":"Tulip ‘Dreamer’ (Early Spring) - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBeautiful \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003eTulip Dreamer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e that resembles a double peony features a profusion of apple-blossom-pink colored petals and is a magnet for bees and other garden pollinators. This romantic blush pink tulip is an all-round performer that is as suited to pots and containers as it is to beds and borders. Long-lasting, Tulip Dreamer is also a great choice as a cut flower.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine early, mid and late spring blooming tulips from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eFall Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e for an extended flower display! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Class: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eSinge with Reflexed Tips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEarly Spring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e3-8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOctober-November 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e--\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eTulips are vibrant and popular spring-blooming flowers. Here are some tips on how to grow and care for tulips:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e1. Planting time: Tulip bulbs should be planted in the fall, ideally 4-6 weeks before the ground freezes. This allows them to establish roots before winter and ensures they bloom in the following spring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e2. Soil preparation: Choose a planting location with well-draining soil. Tulips prefer soil that is fertile, loose, and rich in organic matter. If the soil is heavy or clay-like, amend it with compost or well-rotted manure to improve drainage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e3. Bulb planting: Plant tulip bulbs at a depth of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm). The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. Space the bulbs about 4-6 inches (10-15 cm) apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e4. Sunlight requirements: Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade. Ensure the planting location receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight each day to promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e5. Watering: Water the tulip bulbs thoroughly after planting to settle the soil around them. After that, tulips typically don't require regular watering unless there is a prolonged period of dryness. Once the foliage emerges in spring, provide occasional watering if there is a lack of rainfall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e6. Mulching: Apply a layer of mulch around the tulip bulbs after planting to help insulate the soil, retain moisture, and prevent weed growth. Use a light layer of organic mulch, such as straw or shredded leaves, but avoid piling it directly over the bulbs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e7. Fertilizing: Prior to planting the bulbs, you can amend the soil with a balanced slow-release fertilizer or bulb-specific fertilizer. Follow the package instructions for proper application rates. Alternatively, you can top-dress the soil with compost in the spring to provide nutrients as the tulips grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e8. Protecting from pests: Tulip bulbs can be attractive to animals like squirrels and deer. To deter them, you can use deterrent sprays, plant tulips alongside less appetizing plants, or cover the planting area with netting or fine wire mesh until the bulbs are established.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e9. Post-blooming care: Once the tulip flowers have faded, remove the spent blooms to prevent seed formation. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this process helps replenish the bulb for the following year's growth. Avoid cutting the foliage until it has turned yellow and withered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e10. Bulb storage: If you want to save the bulbs for replanting, carefully dig them up once the foliage has withered. Clean off any excess soil and store them in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated place until the next planting season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy following these simple guidelines, you can enjoy a stunning display of tulips in your garden each spring. Remember that tulips are perennial, but their blooming potential may decline over the years. To maintain their vigor, consider replanting new bulbs every few years.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923409772758,"sku":"","price":17.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TulipDreamer5.jpg?v=1635048535"},{"product_id":"luxury-tulip-tulip-foxtrot-5-bulbs","title":"Tulip ‘Foxtrot’ (Early Spring) - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDelightful and fragrant, award-winning Tulip 'Foxtrot' is a must-have! Its cup-shaped petals show off pretty hues of pink, rose and white. Enjoy a cheerful splash of color in your early-mid spring garden! Try combining 'Foxtrot' with Muscari or other double early tulips for stunning floral arrangements in beds or containers. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine early, mid and late spring blooming tulips from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFall Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e for an extended flower display! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e12\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Class: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePeony\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eEarly Spring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e3-8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOctober-November 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e--\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eTulips are vibrant and popular spring-blooming flowers. Here are some tips on how to grow and care for tulips:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e1. Planting time: Tulip bulbs should be planted in the fall, ideally 4-6 weeks before the ground freezes. This allows them to establish roots before winter and ensures they bloom in the following spring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e2. Soil preparation: Choose a planting location with well-draining soil. Tulips prefer soil that is fertile, loose, and rich in organic matter. If the soil is heavy or clay-like, amend it with compost or well-rotted manure to improve drainage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e3. Bulb planting: Plant tulip bulbs at a depth of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm). The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. Space the bulbs about 4-6 inches (10-15 cm) apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e4. Sunlight requirements: Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade. Ensure the planting location receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight each day to promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e5. Watering: Water the tulip bulbs thoroughly after planting to settle the soil around them. After that, tulips typically don't require regular watering unless there is a prolonged period of dryness. Once the foliage emerges in spring, provide occasional watering if there is a lack of rainfall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e6. Mulching: Apply a layer of mulch around the tulip bulbs after planting to help insulate the soil, retain moisture, and prevent weed growth. Use a light layer of organic mulch, such as straw or shredded leaves, but avoid piling it directly over the bulbs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e7. Fertilizing: Prior to planting the bulbs, you can amend the soil with a balanced slow-release fertilizer or bulb-specific fertilizer. Follow the package instructions for proper application rates. Alternatively, you can top-dress the soil with compost in the spring to provide nutrients as the tulips grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e8. Protecting from pests: Tulip bulbs can be attractive to animals like squirrels and deer. To deter them, you can use deterrent sprays, plant tulips alongside less appetizing plants, or cover the planting area with netting or fine wire mesh until the bulbs are established.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e9. Post-blooming care: Once the tulip flowers have faded, remove the spent blooms to prevent seed formation. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this process helps replenish the bulb for the following year's growth. Avoid cutting the foliage until it has turned yellow and withered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e10. Bulb storage: If you want to save the bulbs for replanting, carefully dig them up once the foliage has withered. Clean off any excess soil and store them in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated place until the next planting season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy following these simple guidelines, you can enjoy a stunning display of tulips in your garden each spring. Remember that tulips are perennial, but their blooming potential may decline over the years. To maintain their vigor, consider replanting new bulbs every few years.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923416293590,"sku":"","price":15.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TulipFoxtrot4.jpg?v=1666909480"},{"product_id":"luxury-tulip-gudoshnik-double-5-bulbs","title":"Tulip ‘Gudoshnik Double’ (Late Spring) - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBright shades of yellow, orange, salmon, coral and red bloom in perfect harmony with \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulips 'Gudoshnik Double'\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e. Petals reminiscent of Rainier cherries adorn each flowerhead - 60% red, 30% yellow and 10% orange in our trial patch. This massive tulip will fill bouquets in a flash, each with flowerheads the size of a salad plate. Impress your guests with this extraordinary variety - it's sure to become a fast favorite!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine early, mid and late spring blooming tulips from our \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eFall Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e for an extended flower display! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e20\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Class: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePeony\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e3-8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOctober-November 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e--\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eTulips are vibrant and popular spring-blooming flowers. Here are some tips on how to grow and care for tulips:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e1. Planting time: Tulip bulbs should be planted in the fall, ideally 4-6 weeks before the ground freezes. This allows them to establish roots before winter and ensures they bloom in the following spring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e2. Soil preparation: Choose a planting location with well-draining soil. Tulips prefer soil that is fertile, loose, and rich in organic matter. If the soil is heavy or clay-like, amend it with compost or well-rotted manure to improve drainage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e3. Bulb planting: Plant tulip bulbs at a depth of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm). The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. Space the bulbs about 4-6 inches (10-15 cm) apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e4. Sunlight requirements: Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade. Ensure the planting location receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight each day to promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e5. Watering: Water the tulip bulbs thoroughly after planting to settle the soil around them. After that, tulips typically don't require regular watering unless there is a prolonged period of dryness. Once the foliage emerges in spring, provide occasional watering if there is a lack of rainfall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e6. Mulching: Apply a layer of mulch around the tulip bulbs after planting to help insulate the soil, retain moisture, and prevent weed growth. Use a light layer of organic mulch, such as straw or shredded leaves, but avoid piling it directly over the bulbs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e7. Fertilizing: Prior to planting the bulbs, you can amend the soil with a balanced slow-release fertilizer or bulb-specific fertilizer. Follow the package instructions for proper application rates. Alternatively, you can top-dress the soil with compost in the spring to provide nutrients as the tulips grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e8. Protecting from pests: Tulip bulbs can be attractive to animals like squirrels and deer. To deter them, you can use deterrent sprays, plant tulips alongside less appetizing plants, or cover the planting area with netting or fine wire mesh until the bulbs are established.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e9. Post-blooming care: Once the tulip flowers have faded, remove the spent blooms to prevent seed formation. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this process helps replenish the bulb for the following year's growth. Avoid cutting the foliage until it has turned yellow and withered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e10. Bulb storage: If you want to save the bulbs for replanting, carefully dig them up once the foliage has withered. Clean off any excess soil and store them in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated place until the next planting season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy following these simple guidelines, you can enjoy a stunning display of tulips in your garden each spring. Remember that tulips are perennial, but their blooming potential may decline over the years. To maintain their vigor, consider replanting new bulbs every few years.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923432251606,"sku":"","price":16.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/TulipGudoshnikDouble2.jpg?v=1692044310"},{"product_id":"luxury-tulip-menton-5-bulbs","title":"Tulip ‘Menton’ (Late Spring) - 10 bulb","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOffering a striking display, these big French tulips are renowned by industry experts. Long, sturdy stems grow up to 3 feet in the greenhouse, and their blooms resemble immense Easter eggs. They boast a soft salmon-pink hue and reveal a white line contrasted against coral tones when open. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine early, mid and late spring blooming tulips from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFall Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e for an extended flower display! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e28-30\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Class: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eSinge, Darwin\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e3-8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOctober-November 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e--\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eTulips are vibrant and popular spring-blooming flowers. Here are some tips on how to grow and care for tulips:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e1. Planting time: Tulip bulbs should be planted in the fall, ideally 4-6 weeks before the ground freezes. This allows them to establish roots before winter and ensures they bloom in the following spring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e2. Soil preparation: Choose a planting location with well-draining soil. Tulips prefer soil that is fertile, loose, and rich in organic matter. If the soil is heavy or clay-like, amend it with compost or well-rotted manure to improve drainage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e3. Bulb planting: Plant tulip bulbs at a depth of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm). The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. Space the bulbs about 4-6 inches (10-15 cm) apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e4. Sunlight requirements: Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade. Ensure the planting location receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight each day to promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e5. Watering: Water the tulip bulbs thoroughly after planting to settle the soil around them. After that, tulips typically don't require regular watering unless there is a prolonged period of dryness. Once the foliage emerges in spring, provide occasional watering if there is a lack of rainfall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e6. Mulching: Apply a layer of mulch around the tulip bulbs after planting to help insulate the soil, retain moisture, and prevent weed growth. Use a light layer of organic mulch, such as straw or shredded leaves, but avoid piling it directly over the bulbs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e7. Fertilizing: Prior to planting the bulbs, you can amend the soil with a balanced slow-release fertilizer or bulb-specific fertilizer. Follow the package instructions for proper application rates. Alternatively, you can top-dress the soil with compost in the spring to provide nutrients as the tulips grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e8. Protecting from pests: Tulip bulbs can be attractive to animals like squirrels and deer. To deter them, you can use deterrent sprays, plant tulips alongside less appetizing plants, or cover the planting area with netting or fine wire mesh until the bulbs are established.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e9. Post-blooming care: Once the tulip flowers have faded, remove the spent blooms to prevent seed formation. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this process helps replenish the bulb for the following year's growth. Avoid cutting the foliage until it has turned yellow and withered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e10. Bulb storage: If you want to save the bulbs for replanting, carefully dig them up once the foliage has withered. Clean off any excess soil and store them in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated place until the next planting season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy following these simple guidelines, you can enjoy a stunning display of tulips in your garden each spring. Remember that tulips are perennial, but their blooming potential may decline over the years. To maintain their vigor, consider replanting new bulbs every few years.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923446178006,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/TulipMenton.jpg?v=1692049416"},{"product_id":"luxury-tulip-pink-star-5-bulbs","title":"Tulip ‘Pink Star’ (Late Spring) - 10 bulbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdmired for its beauty, Pink Star tulip \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003ePink Star Tulip\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eopens into a classy and sophisticated rose bloom with delicious apricot accents. As it matures, the colour-changing petals transition from soft pink to peach to champagne. A true discovery, this award-winning variety quickly became one of our absolute favorites. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine early, mid and late spring blooming tulips from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/spring-bulb-sale-1\"\u003eFall Bulb Sale\u003c\/a\u003e for an extended flower display! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e16\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Class: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eDouble\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery time:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOctober-November 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e--\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\" data-mce-style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTulip Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eTulips are vibrant and popular spring-blooming flowers. Here are some tips on how to grow and care for tulips:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e1. Planting time: Tulip bulbs should be planted in the fall, ideally 4-6 weeks before the ground freezes. This allows them to establish roots before winter and ensures they bloom in the following spring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e2. Soil preparation: Choose a planting location with well-draining soil. Tulips prefer soil that is fertile, loose, and rich in organic matter. If the soil is heavy or clay-like, amend it with compost or well-rotted manure to improve drainage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e3. Bulb planting: Plant tulip bulbs at a depth of approximately 6-8 inches (15-20 cm). The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. Space the bulbs about 4-6 inches (10-15 cm) apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e4. Sunlight requirements: Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade. Ensure the planting location receives at least 6 hours of direct sunlight each day to promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e5. Watering: Water the tulip bulbs thoroughly after planting to settle the soil around them. After that, tulips typically don't require regular watering unless there is a prolonged period of dryness. Once the foliage emerges in spring, provide occasional watering if there is a lack of rainfall.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e6. Mulching: Apply a layer of mulch around the tulip bulbs after planting to help insulate the soil, retain moisture, and prevent weed growth. Use a light layer of organic mulch, such as straw or shredded leaves, but avoid piling it directly over the bulbs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e7. Fertilizing: Prior to planting the bulbs, you can amend the soil with a balanced slow-release fertilizer or bulb-specific fertilizer. Follow the package instructions for proper application rates. Alternatively, you can top-dress the soil with compost in the spring to provide nutrients as the tulips grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e8. Protecting from pests: Tulip bulbs can be attractive to animals like squirrels and deer. To deter them, you can use deterrent sprays, plant tulips alongside less appetizing plants, or cover the planting area with netting or fine wire mesh until the bulbs are established.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e9. Post-blooming care: Once the tulip flowers have faded, remove the spent blooms to prevent seed formation. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this process helps replenish the bulb for the following year's growth. Avoid cutting the foliage until it has turned yellow and withered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e10. Bulb storage: If you want to save the bulbs for replanting, carefully dig them up once the foliage has withered. Clean off any excess soil and store them in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated place until the next planting season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\"\u003eBy following these simple guidelines, you can enjoy a stunning display of tulips in your garden each spring. Remember that tulips are perennial, but their blooming potential may decline over the years. To maintain their vigor, consider replanting new bulbs every few years.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41923454664918,"sku":"","price":18.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/IMG-0175.jpg?v=1692041591"},{"product_id":"heirloom-tomato-sweetie-cherry-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Sweetie Cherry' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eA good, reliable, sweet red cherry. If you’re looking for a classically delicious, productive and sweet cherry tomato, this is the easy choice. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSweetie's large vines produce very sweet, red, round, cherry-type tomatoes 1\"-1.5\" in diameter. A winner in flavour among the early red cherry varieties, they have a unique, rich, sweet flavour and can be used for juice and preserves without adding sugar. Sweetie cherry tomatoes average 12-14% sugar content!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41944701763798,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/Tomato-Sweetie-Cherry2.jpg?v=1635380767"},{"product_id":"heirloom-brandywine-tomato-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Brandywine' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 'Brandywine' Tomato is one of the most popular heirloom tomatoes grown in North America. It's a historical Amish variety dating back to 1885. This heirloom has won multiple taste testing awards, and is one of the best tasting tomatoes in the world.  Legendary for it's exceptionally rich flavor and 1-2 pound pink beefsteak-shaped fruit. 80-90 days from transplant. One of the best known of all heirlooms. Indeterminate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Approximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 80-90 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41944739250390,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/BrandywineTomatoHeirloom2.jpg?v=1635381493"},{"product_id":"beefsteak-heirloom-tomatoes","title":"Tomato 'Beefsteak' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeefsteak tomatoes are meaty, juicy fruits perfect for summer sandwiches or as sliced snacks with a sprinkle of sea salt. Large, thickly fleshed beefsteaks are the biggest type of tomatoes, weighing 1 pound or more. Beefsteak tomatoes are one of the favorite tomato varieties for the home garden. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41944901517526,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoBeefsteakHeirloom.jpg?v=1635383528"},{"product_id":"black-krim-heirloom-tomato-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Black Krim' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHardy Russian '\u003c\/span\u003eBlack Krim'\u003cspan\u003e tomatoes are an excellent addition to your vegetable garden. A favourite of gourmet chefs, this unique heirloom tomato consistently wins top place and receives rave reviews at taste trials. The fruits are extremely juicy with incredibly complex sweet, rich, smoky flavours and a hint of saltiness. Drizzle with olive oil and sprinkle of sea salt for a zesty snack. Also great sliced with fresh mozzarella, basil, and drizzled with olive oil and balsamic vinegar.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41945001197782,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/BlackKrimHeirloomTomato2.jpg?v=1635384408"},{"product_id":"cherokee-purple-heirloom-tomato-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Cherokee Purple' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn old Cherokee Indian heirloom, pre-1890 variety; beautiful, deep, dusky purple-pink color, superb sweet flavor, and very-large-sized fruit. Try this one for real old-time tomato flavor. Cherokee Purple is one of our favorite dark tomatoes and one of our best selling varieties.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41945049923798,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/Tomato_Cherokee_Purple.jpg?v=1635384981"},{"product_id":"ambrosia-gold-heirloom-tomato-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Ambrosia Gold' Cherry Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e'Ambrosia Gold' Cherry Heirloom Tomato has a d\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eelicious sweet tropical flavor (comparable to \"Sungold\" or even sweeter). Will make you wonder if you're eating vegetables or in fact, sweet juicy berries. Long trusses bear loads of one inch fruits that glow with a deep warm golden orange color. Definitely, on our top 5 best tasting tomatoes list. Very rare and hard to find. Our children absolutely love it and we highly recommend you should try it for yourself! \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eVigorous growth habit. Very productive. Early- to mid season, 55 days from transplanting into the garden. Indeterminate. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41945819873494,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoAmbrosiaGoldOrganic.jpg?v=1635395910"},{"product_id":"ping-tung-long-eggplant","title":"Eggplant Ping Tung Long (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eProlific Taiwanese eggplant, that is heat, drought and disease tolerant. \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePing Tung eggplant (also spelled Pingtung) is an heirloom plant originating from Ping Tung, Taiwan. The 2- to 4-foot (.61-1.21 m.) tall plants produce dozens of long, slender purple fruits. The fruit is about 12 inches (30 cm.) long and 2 inches (5 cm.) in diameter. Its tender skin is alight purple which darkens with maturity. The fruit grows from green calyxes and have a pearly white flesh which is drier than most eggplants. It is described as sweet and tender to eat with a mild, never bitter, flavor. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIn the kitchen, Ping Tung eggplant is ideal for cutting into uniform, bite-sized slices for all your favorite eggplant recipes. Because of the low moisture content in Ping Tung eggplant, it is not necessary to draw out any moisture within the fruit with salt before frying. The skin also remains tender, making it unnecessary to peel this eggplant variety. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplant appears to be a very ancient fruit; the earliest references to it can be found in Chinese and Indian records. Though usually considered a vegetable, botanists classify eggplant as a berry. Early varieties of eggplant were named for their resemblance to large white eggs; in Europe, eggplant is usually referred to as aubergine. In medieval times eggplant were called mad apples, because they were thought to induce insanity. Experimental horticulturist Thomas Jefferson included varieties of eggplant in his gardens; at the time, growers used eggplant mostly for decorative purposes. Regions of southern and eastern Asia especially appreciate the eggplant, naming it \"king of vegetables\" and making it a staple of their cuisine. In addition to the traditional purple pear-shape of Black Beauty, eggplant comes in all shapes, sizes, and colors. Black Beauty is one of the earliest and best known American varieties of eggplant, dating from the early 1900s.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQUCIK REMINDERS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors 6-10 weeks before last frost. Sow ¼\" deep on a heat mat until emergence and 21°C thereafter. Plant outdoors 18-24” apart 2 weeks after last frost. Plants reach 1’ height. 80 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolanum melongena, except where otherwise noted (S. gilo).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCULTURE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants require fertile, well-drained soil with a pH range of 6.2-6.8. Sow seed in flats indoors during early spring, or 6-8 weeks prior to planting outdoors. Sow 4 seeds\/in., ¼\" deep, and maintain soil temperature at 80-90°F (27-32°C) until emergence and 70°F (21°C) thereafter. Seed will not germinate in cool soil. After true leaves form, thin to 2-3\" apart in flats or transplant into 2-3\" pots or plug trays. To harden plants, reduce water and temperature to about 60°F (16°C) for about a week before planting out. Transplant outdoors late spring or early summer once the weather has thoroughly settled. Eggplants are tender, and cold weather may weaken them. Use row covers for a boost in performance and insect control. Remove when plants reach the covers or when blossoms first appear. Space transplants 18\" apart in rows 30-36\" apart, or 2 rows on plastic mulch, 18-24\" between plants. It is important to be mindful of over-fertility. Too much nitrogen often results in large, bushy plants that produce only one small set of fruit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSTAKING: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants may be pruned and staked to keep the fruits straight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDISEASE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractice lengthy crop rotation to avoid Verticillium wilt. A 4-5 year rotation for all Solanaceae crops is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eINSECT PESTS: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFabric row covers are the recommended method of control for flea beetles and Colorado potato beetles (CPB) for newly set transplants. Once covers are removed, regularly check undersides of leaves and crush any orange egg masses of the CPB.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHARVEST: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClip fruit stem with shears. Pick fruits of desired size regularly to encourage further production.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42183273971926,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/PingTungLongEggplant.jpg?v=1639165399"},{"product_id":"eggplant-black-beauty-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Eggplant Black Beauty Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"p\"\u003eBlack Beauty is a popular heirloom variety of eggplant with big yields! The bushy spreading plants grow up to 30\" tall and hold their purplish-black oval fruit well off the ground. This top-notch fruit averages 2 pounds, holds well, and retains good color. This variety is suitable for growing in containers and takes about 80 days to maturity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplant appears to be a very ancient fruit; the earliest references to it can be found in Chinese and Indian records. Though usually considered a vegetable, botanists classify eggplant as a berry. Early varieties of eggplant were named for their resemblance to large white eggs; in Europe, eggplant is usually referred to as aubergine. In medieval times eggplant were called mad apples, because they were thought to induce insanity. Experimental horticulturist Thomas Jefferson included varieties of eggplant in his gardens; at the time, growers used eggplant mostly for decorative purposes. Regions of southern and eastern Asia especially appreciate the eggplant, naming it \"king of vegetables\" and making it a staple of their cuisine. In addition to the traditional purple pear-shape of Black Beauty, eggplant comes in all shapes, sizes, and colors. Black Beauty is one of the earliest and best known American varieties of eggplant, dating from the early 1900s.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQUCIK REMINDERS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors 6-10 weeks before last frost. Sow ¼\" deep on a heat mat until emergence and 21°C thereafter. Plant outdoors 18-24” apart 2 weeks after last frost. Plants reach 1’ height. 80 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolanum melongena, except where otherwise noted (S. gilo).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCULTURE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants require fertile, well-drained soil with a pH range of 6.2-6.8. Sow seed in flats indoors during early spring, or 6-8 weeks prior to planting outdoors. Sow 4 seeds\/in., ¼\" deep, and maintain soil temperature at 80-90°F (27-32°C) until emergence and 70°F (21°C) thereafter. Seed will not germinate in cool soil. After true leaves form, thin to 2-3\" apart in flats or transplant into 2-3\" pots or plug trays. To harden plants, reduce water and temperature to about 60°F (16°C) for about a week before planting out. Transplant outdoors late spring or early summer once the weather has thoroughly settled. Eggplants are tender, and cold weather may weaken them. Use row covers for a boost in performance and insect control. Remove when plants reach the covers or when blossoms first appear. Space transplants 18\" apart in rows 30-36\" apart, or 2 rows on plastic mulch, 18-24\" between plants. It is important to be mindful of over-fertility. Too much nitrogen often results in large, bushy plants that produce only one small set of fruit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSTAKING: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants may be pruned and staked to keep the fruits straight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDISEASE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractice lengthy crop rotation to avoid Verticillium wilt. A 4-5 year rotation for all Solanaceae crops is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eINSECT PESTS: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFabric row covers are the recommended method of control for flea beetles and Colorado potato beetles (CPB) for newly set transplants. Once covers are removed, regularly check undersides of leaves and crush any orange egg masses of the CPB.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHARVEST: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClip fruit stem with shears. Pick fruits of desired size regularly to encourage further production.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42183295434966,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/EggplantBlackBeauty.jpg?v=1639165852"},{"product_id":"eggplant-rosa-bianca-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Eggplant Rosa Bianca Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA simply elegant eggplant from Sicily. Light pink-lavender fruit has soft white shading and a gently scalloped form. Mild flesh is very popular with chefs and gardeners alike! No bitterness. A great variety for delicious heirloom vegetable lovers! 80 days. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplant appears to be a very ancient fruit; the earliest references to it can be found in Chinese and Indian records. Though usually considered a vegetable, botanists classify eggplant as a berry. Early varieties of eggplant were named for their resemblance to large white eggs; in Europe, eggplant is usually referred to as aubergine. In medieval times eggplant were called mad apples, because they were thought to induce insanity. Experimental horticulturist Thomas Jefferson included varieties of eggplant in his gardens; at the time, growers used eggplant mostly for decorative purposes. Regions of southern and eastern Asia especially appreciate the eggplant, naming it \"king of vegetables\" and making it a staple of their cuisine. In addition to the traditional purple pear-shape of Black Beauty, eggplant comes in all shapes, sizes, and colors. Black Beauty is one of the earliest and best known American varieties of eggplant, dating from the early 1900s.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQUCIK REMINDERS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors 6-10 weeks before last frost. Sow ¼\" deep on a heat mat until emergence and 21°C thereafter. Plant outdoors 18-24” apart 2 weeks after last frost. Plants reach 1’ height. 80 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolanum melongena, except where otherwise noted (S. gilo).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCULTURE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants require fertile, well-drained soil with a pH range of 6.2-6.8. Sow seed in flats indoors during early spring, or 6-8 weeks prior to planting outdoors. Sow 4 seeds\/in., ¼\" deep, and maintain soil temperature at 80-90°F (27-32°C) until emergence and 70°F (21°C) thereafter. Seed will not germinate in cool soil. After true leaves form, thin to 2-3\" apart in flats or transplant into 2-3\" pots or plug trays. To harden plants, reduce water and temperature to about 60°F (16°C) for about a week before planting out. Transplant outdoors late spring or early summer once the weather has thoroughly settled. Eggplants are tender, and cold weather may weaken them. Use row covers for a boost in performance and insect control. Remove when plants reach the covers or when blossoms first appear. Space transplants 18\" apart in rows 30-36\" apart, or 2 rows on plastic mulch, 18-24\" between plants. It is important to be mindful of over-fertility. Too much nitrogen often results in large, bushy plants that produce only one small set of fruit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSTAKING: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants may be pruned and staked to keep the fruits straight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDISEASE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractice lengthy crop rotation to avoid Verticillium wilt. A 4-5 year rotation for all Solanaceae crops is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eINSECT PESTS: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFabric row covers are the recommended method of control for flea beetles and Colorado potato beetles (CPB) for newly set transplants. Once covers are removed, regularly check undersides of leaves and crush any orange egg masses of the CPB.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHARVEST: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClip fruit stem with shears. Pick fruits of desired size regularly to encourage further production.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42183314374870,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/EggplantRosaBianca.jpg?v=1644185517"},{"product_id":"eggplant-black-king-hybrid-10-seeds","title":"Eggplant Black King Hybrid (10 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA fine hybrid eggplant from Takii in Japan, good for the main crop. A vigorous grower and high yielder suitable for both greenhouse and open-field cultivation. Resistant to excess heat. An early hybrid that is well suited for short growing seasons. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplant appears to be a very ancient fruit; the earliest references to it can be found in Chinese and Indian records. Though usually considered a vegetable, botanists classify eggplant as a berry. Early varieties of eggplant were named for their resemblance to large white eggs; in Europe, eggplant is usually referred to as aubergine. In medieval times eggplant were called mad apples, because they were thought to induce insanity. Experimental horticulturist Thomas Jefferson included varieties of eggplant in his gardens; at the time, growers used eggplant mostly for decorative purposes. Regions of southern and eastern Asia especially appreciate the eggplant, naming it \"king of vegetables\" and making it a staple of their cuisine. In addition to the traditional purple pear-shape of Black Beauty, eggplant comes in all shapes, sizes, and colors. Black Beauty is one of the earliest and best known American varieties of eggplant, dating from the early 1900s.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQUCIK REMINDERS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors 6-10 weeks before last frost. Sow ¼\" deep on a heat mat until emergence and 21°C thereafter. Plant outdoors 18-24” apart 2 weeks after last frost. Plants reach 1’ height. 80 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolanum melongena, except where otherwise noted (S. gilo).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCULTURE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants require fertile, well-drained soil with a pH range of 6.2-6.8. Sow seed in flats indoors during early spring, or 6-8 weeks prior to planting outdoors. Sow 4 seeds\/in., ¼\" deep, and maintain soil temperature at 80-90°F (27-32°C) until emergence and 70°F (21°C) thereafter. Seed will not germinate in cool soil. After true leaves form, thin to 2-3\" apart in flats or transplant into 2-3\" pots or plug trays. To harden plants, reduce water and temperature to about 60°F (16°C) for about a week before planting out. Transplant outdoors late spring or early summer once the weather has thoroughly settled. Eggplants are tender, and cold weather may weaken them. Use row covers for a boost in performance and insect control. Remove when plants reach the covers or when blossoms first appear. Space transplants 18\" apart in rows 30-36\" apart, or 2 rows on plastic mulch, 18-24\" between plants. It is important to be mindful of over-fertility. Too much nitrogen often results in large, bushy plants that produce only one small set of fruit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSTAKING: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEggplants may be pruned and staked to keep the fruits straight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDISEASE: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePractice lengthy crop rotation to avoid Verticillium wilt. A 4-5 year rotation for all Solanaceae crops is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eINSECT PESTS: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFabric row covers are the recommended method of control for flea beetles and Colorado potato beetles (CPB) for newly set transplants. Once covers are removed, regularly check undersides of leaves and crush any orange egg masses of the CPB.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHARVEST: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClip fruit stem with shears. Pick fruits of desired size regularly to encourage further production.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42183688716502,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/EggplantBlackKingHybrid.jpg?v=1639175702"},{"product_id":"black-cherry-heirloom-tomato-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Black Cherry' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHeirloom cherry tomato with a rich mahogany-purple color and sweetly complex flavor. The round, 1-inch fruits grow in abundant heavy clusters on vigorous, fast growing indeterminate plants. 65 days. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197311553750,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoBlackCherryHeirloom.jpg?v=1639412697"},{"product_id":"san-marzano-heirloom-tomato-organic-seeds-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'San Marzano' Heirloom Organic (Seeds 25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSavor the taste of real old-fashioned tomato richness, the kind you can smell before you even bite into it! San Marzano organic captures that bygone flavor and aroma in every large, plump, delicious 4½- to 5-ounce tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePerfect for saucing, this classic Italian variety is juicy yet meaty. The flavor is complex, and you will have plenty of opportunities to enjoy it, because this tomato arises freely on very vigorous plants that continue setting fruit all summer. Days to Maturity: 95 from transplant. Indeterminate. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eVery easy to grow, San Marzano stands up to Fusarium wilt, nematodes, tobacco mosaic virus, and verticillium wilt. You will find it a trouble free pleasure in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e Approximately 25 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197389443286,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoSanMarzanoOrganicSeeds2.jpg?v=1639414196"},{"product_id":"tomato-red-oxheart-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Oxheart' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe large spreading vines of Oxheart tomatoes bear plentiful amounts of 14 Oz tomatoes that are sweet, heart-shaped and bright pink in color. The flesh is meaty with few seeds, and takes 75 days to ripen. Indeterminate.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Oxheart strain of tomatoes have been used for generations for canning and sauce making in Europe and America. The name refers to the pointed heart shape of the tomato. Because of their thick, meaty flesh, Oxheart tomatoes perform very well for fresh eating, tomato sandwiches, as well as preserving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 75 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197527232726,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoOxheartHeirloom2.jpg?v=1639417176"},{"product_id":"tomato-old-german-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Old German' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA favorite old heirloom tomato variety that originated in a Mennonite community in Virginia. A great big slicing tomato, Old German has a wonderful flavor, beautiful variegated coloring, and weighs in at 24 Oz. It takes about 80 days until harvest. Indeterminate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Old German multicolor beefsteak tomato dates back to the mid 1800's in the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia, a Mennonite heirloom. The Mennonites take great pride in preserving their heritage, faith, and way of life; they are responsible for cultivating many excellent heirloom vegetable varieties. Old German was commercially produced beginning in 1985 by Southern Exposure Seed Exchange.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197636645078,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoOldGermanHeirloom.jpg?v=1639418167"},{"product_id":"tomato-roma-vf-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Roma' VF Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRoma is one of the most popular tomato varieties for pastes, sauces, and canning! The solid tomatoes weigh about 3 Oz and grow on compact vines. This easy to grow variety is open pollinated and bears heavily until frost. They take about 78 days to produce ripe tomatoes. Determinate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes first arrived in Italy with the return of European explorers from South America, bringing with them the unknown \"tomatl,\" a member of the nightshade family that was considered poisonous for centuries and only used for decoration. Though Italians didn't discover the merits of tomatoes as a vegetable until the 18th century, they quickly became a staple ingredient in Italian sauces and pasta. The Roma tomato, also called an Italian plum tomato, performs excellently for sauces because of its low water content.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest in 78 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197645459670,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoRomaVFHeirloom.png?v=1639418578"},{"product_id":"tomato-ambrosia-orange-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Ambrosia Orange' Cherry Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e'Ambrosia Orange' Cherry Heirloom Tomato has a d\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eelicious sweet tropical flavor (comparable to \"Sungold\" or even sweeter). Will make you wonder if you're eating vegetables or in fact, sweet juicy berries. Long trusses bear loads of one inch fruits that glow with a deep warm golden orange color. Definitely, on our top 5 best tasting tomatoes list. Very rare and hard to find. Our children absolutely love it and we highly recommend you should try it for yourself! \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eVigorous growth habit. Very productive. Early- to mid season, 55 days from transplanting into the garden. Indeterminate. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197712863446,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoAmbrosiaOrangeHeirloom6.jpg?v=1639420535"},{"product_id":"tomato-carbon-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Carbon' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWinner of the 2005 “Heirloom Garden Show” best-tasting tomato award. Brix sweetness score 10 out of 10. These have won taste awards coast to coast in the last few years, so we were proud to locate a small supply of seed. The fruit is smooth, large, and beautiful, being one of the darkest and prettiest of the purple types we have seen. They seem to have an extra dose of the complex flavor that makes dark tomatoes famous. Will out-produce your Cherokee Purples. Tends to be first of our large size tomatoes to ripen. Shows superior crack resistance. 70 days.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 70 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42197871165654,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoCarbonHeirloom2.jpg?v=1644191935"},{"product_id":"tomato-prairie-fire-heirloom-10-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Prairie Fire' Heirloom (10 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAn all-around exquisite tomato. Beautiful shape, colour, flavour and elegant foliage. Insanely sweet fruit with a brix score of 10 out of 10. Extremely kid friendly, this may be the sweetest tomato we have ever tried! \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCompact, semi-determinate vines produce fruit that are 1 inch across and 3 inches long. The scarlet, elongated fruit shimmers on the vine with its gold-flecked skin. This delectable saccharine treat was bred by Aaron Whaley, who reports this is the most snackable tomato and it rarely makes it back to the kitchen before it is eaten!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrairie Fire tomato produces a number of medium, richly flavored tomatoes to the extent that it has joined a select group and earned a permanent place in our garden. 65 days. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 10 seeds per packet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42198568698070,"sku":"12","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoPrairieFireHeirloom2.jpg?v=1644192101"},{"product_id":"tomato-principe-borghese-heirloom-20-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Principe Borghese' Heirloom (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Italian heirloom that is famous for sun drying and sauces. Red pointy grapes with thick flesh and skin. Small 1-to 2-oz fruit is very dry and has few seeds. Principe Borghese tomatoes are also delicious fresh and make a great addition sliced, spiced and roasted, tossed on pizza. For preserving purposes, you can use a dehydrator, or hang pulled plants in the garage for drying. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClusters of tomatoes can be brought inside at the end of the season to ripen any remaining unripe fruit. Many people hang the clusters of ripe tomatoes inside and due to thicker skin, they will usually keep well for a few weeks without going bad. 70-75 days to harvest from transplant.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 70-75 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205022060758,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoPrincipeBorgheseHeirloom2.jpg?v=1639497052"},{"product_id":"tomato-giant-italian-tree-heirloom-20-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Giant Italian Tree' Heirloom (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOur tomato seeds produce meaty, 1-2 pound, 4-5-inch, red tomatoes with superior sweet flavors perfectly balanced with just the right amount of acid to make your want to shout, \"Now that's old-fashioned tomato flavor!\" A good canning tomato or eating fresh off the vine or in salads. A great sandwich tomato as well. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomato Giant Italian Tree can grow to 15' over the course of several years in a heated greenhouse setting and yield bushels upon bushels of premium heirloom tomatoes per each plant. In a home garden setting, his tomato plant will need a strong tall trellis, since each plant can bear bushels of fruit and can reach 6-8' height over the course of just one growing season. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomato Giant Italian Tree has been selected as one of the best tomatoes for supplying farmer's markets or entering in the County Fair. Definitely lots of fun to grow! \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e85 days. Indeterminate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 85 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205352427734,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoGiantItalianTree3.jpg?v=1639503948"},{"product_id":"tomato-chocolate-brownie-cocktail-size-20-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Chocolate Brownie' - (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomato 'Chocolate Brownie' ripen from the inside out, their color changing naturally from dark brown to a golden green, and they are unique in that they are edible in all stages of ripeness. When dark brownish-red with no green in sight, the flavor is mild and is best used for salads or cooking. When brownish in color and brushed with red, these tomatoes are at the peak of flavor, and when brownish with a slight green overcast, they are at their ideal eating stage. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThey are juicy with a firm texture, and they have a higher brix level, or fructose content, than that of traditional red tomatoes, resulting in their extraordinarily sweet, complex flavor, which is succulent and also slightly tart. 'Chocolate Brownie' tomatoes are perfectly round in shape and they grow on indeterminate or vining plants, which are often recommended for caging or staking. Harvest in 65 days from transplant.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205368647894,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoKumato.jpg?v=1639504457"},{"product_id":"tomato-kelloggs-breakfast-heirloom-20-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Kellogg's Breakfast' Heirloom (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA beefsteak sized orange tomato of complex flavour. The interior is a sunny bright color reminiscent of fresh squeezed orange juice with a taste like a barrel full of sweet sunshine. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sweet, but tangy, flavor is a perfect balance for any use. Tomatoes are resistant to sunburn and blossom end rot, developing without blemish almost every time. The plants produce many fruit ½ kg+ (1lb) in size. A slice will cover a large slice of bread and your perfect sandwich will be bursting with true tomato flavour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOriginally a West Virginia heirloom, Kellogg's Breakfast was preserved by Darrell Kellogg of Redford, Michigan, a railroad supervisor and plant enthusiast. The seed for this true orange beefsteak tomato was sent to Seed Savers Exchange by Bill Minkey of Darien, Wisconsin.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e80 days. Indeterminate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 80 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205394174166,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoKellogg_sBreakfastHeirloom.jpg?v=1639505205"},{"product_id":"tomato-campari-20-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Campari' (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCampari tomatoes are regarded as some of the sweetest and most flavorful tomatoes on the market. They are known for their superior texture and their distinct acid and sugar balance, which gives them their signature taste. Campari tomatoes are classified as a cocktail tomato, slightly bigger than a cherry tomato but smaller and rounder than a plum tomato. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 65 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205410459862,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/TomatoCampari3.jpg?v=1639505674"},{"product_id":"tomato-yellow-brandywine-heirloom-25-seeds","title":"Tomato 'Yellow Brandywine' Heirloom (25 seeds)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eYellow Brandywine tomatoes are an old-fashioned tomato variety that grows up to 24 Oz in weight. This heirloom tomato is packed with flavor and is great for salads and sandwiches. Turning yellow at about 75 days, this high-yielding variety is an excellent choice for the vegetable garden! Indeterminate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"p\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCraig LeHoullier, a Seed Savers Exchange member, PhD chemist, and gardening enthusiast, recevied the seed for Brandywine Yellow in 1991 from Barbara Lund of Ohio; Mrs. Lund obtained her seed from a friend in Indiana. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 25 seeds per packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eQUICK REMINDERS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStart seeds inside 5-6 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with a thin layer of vermiculite and gently press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMist or bottom water to keep moist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCover with plastic for humidity, remove after germination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eGerminates in 5-10 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarden off seedlings for 7-10 days before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eRecommended planting time is 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAmend garden soil with finished compost and aged manure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAdd 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer into the planting hole and mix in with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlace the transplant into the potting hole, backfill with soil, gently press and water in abundantly to remove any air pockets and encourage root growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpace plants 24-36” apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFertilize with organic water soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMaintain a consistent watering schedule for best results \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest in 75 days from transplant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminate tomato, should be staked, trellised, or caged, and pruned for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruit is harvested over an extended period, usually right until fall frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSEED TO HARVEST GUIDE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRANSPLANTING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDon't start seeds too early—leggy, root-bound, or flowering transplants can cause stunting and reduce early production. About 5–6 weeks before transplanting, sow 1\/4\" deep in 20-row flats with 20 seeds\/row, or in 200-cell trays with 1 seed\/cell; lightly cover. Keep mix at 75–85°F (24–29°C) with moderate moisture. At first true leaf, pot-up to 50-cell trays or 4\" pots, depending on expected transplant timing. Grow at constant 60–70°F (16–21°C) temp and use complete fertilizer until hardened-off. Supplemental lights and lower night temps control stretching. For earliest crop, plant under row cover around last frost date. Avoid exposing unprotected plants to consecutive nightly temperatures below 45°F (7°C). In rows 4–6' apart, space indeterminates 24–36\". Plant deeply to encourage adventitious rooting. Water seedlings with a high-phosphate fertilizer solution at planting to help boost early yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTRELLISING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eTomatoes are vines that have a weak stem that sprawls and typically needs support. Basket-weave by pounding 6–8' stakes every 2–3 plants, using heavier t-posts intermittently and at ends of beds. Or alternatively, use 'single-stem and stake' growing technique, or cordon tomato vine support method. Firmly secure canes or stakes into the ground so they will be able to support the considerable weight of fruit-laden plants and withstand sudden gusts of wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePRUNING:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIndeterminates likely benefit by removing all suckers under the first strong branch directly below the first flower cluster. The lower bottom suckers often miss trellis supports, set fruit closer to soil, take energy from upper parts, and encourage spread of disease from soil. If needed later in season, consider thinning out leaves to increase airflow or topping plants in the fall to help finish ripening last fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDISEASES \u0026amp; INSECT PESTS:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLearn your common pests and options for control, including resistant cultivars and organic pest control methods. Avoid wet leaves and handling when wet or using tobacco products. Manage plant debris and implement crop rotations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHARVEST:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eFruits ripen gradually from the blossom end to shoulders and from the base of clusters to the tips. Use fully ripe fruit only for home or local retail use. Any fruit breaking color will still ripen post-harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTORAGE:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStore blemish-free, near-ripe fruit 4–7 days at room temperature in darkness. Store longer with proper variety selection, picking less-ripe, and keeping at cooler temperatures 45–60°F (7–16°C). Colder and picking too green will sacrifice end-quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eLIFE CYCLE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAnnual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSTATUS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHeirloom (Open Pollinated)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSCIENTIFIC NAME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSolanum lycopersicum \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205464035542,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/YellowBrandywineHeirloom.jpg?v=1639506724"},{"product_id":"aunt-mollys-ground-cherry-tomatillo-20-seeds","title":"Tomatillo 'Aunt Molly's Ground Cherry' (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e65-70 days. When ripe the fruit turns a golden orange color and drops to the ground. It makes a tasty jam, perfect for gift giving. An unusual and rewarding addition to fruit salads and smoothies. Will store up to 3 months in the husk. Aunt Molly’s came to us as an unnamed line. Territorial selected and released it as Aunt Molly’s, named after Tom and Julie’s first business Aunt Molly’s Ice Cream Treats.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePhysalis\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e spp. These tasty summer treats are even more mineral-dense than tomatoes, packed with unique phytochemicals and flavonoids.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Fertile, well drained, raised beds covered with plastic mulch promote early growth and better yields\u003cbr\u003e• Tomatillos \u0026amp; Ground Cherries are high feeders and will benefit from regular application of organic water soluble fertilizer\u003cbr\u003e• Overwatering can cause fruit to crack\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Not recommended\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransplanting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Sow seeds in trays 6-8 weeks before anticipated transplant date; transplant into 3-4 inch pots when the first set of true leaves appears\u003cbr\u003e• Strong light and cooler temperatures (60-70°F) prevent plants from getting leggy\u003cbr\u003e• Fertilize every 10-14 days\u003cbr\u003e• When transplanting, work into compost, 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer and 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal\u003cbr\u003e• Use garden cloches or floating row covers to protect young plants\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Common insects: Flea beetles and tomato hornworms\u003cbr\u003e• Insect control: Pyrethrin or row cover for flea beetles, and Monterey B.t. for tomato hornworms\u003cbr\u003e• Common diseases: Early and late blight\u003cbr\u003e• Disease prevention: A strict 3-4 year rotation, remove vines at the end of the year, \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Tomatillos: ripe when papery husk has dried up or folded back to reveal plump fruit\u003cbr\u003e• Ground Cherries: ripe fruit will fall to the ground\u003cbr\u003e• Do not refrigerate for best flavor\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• Delicious eaten fresh or used in salsa recipes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205477601494,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/AuntMolly_sGroundCherryTomatillo.jpg?v=1639507380"},{"product_id":"cucumber-marketmore-76-organic-heirloom-20-seeds","title":"Cucumber 'Marketmore 76' Organic Heirloom (20 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eOrganic Marketmore 76 cucumber seeds yield a smooth, refined, dark-green slicer with a crisp crunch and sweet flavour (makes great pickles). This is an early maturing cucumber that grows to 20-23cm (8-9\") long with slightly shorter vines than other varieties so you can space them more densely and get a higher yield in a small garden. We found Marketmore 76 very productive in greenhouse trials as well as in raised beds. The small seed cavity can be quickly removed by running a spoon down the length of each side. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 20 seeds per packet\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Cucumbers perform best in fertile, well-drained soil with a pH 5.5-7.0\u003cbr\u003e• Consistent, even watering is critical for best plant growth and fruit development\u003cbr\u003e• Raised beds, plastic mulch, and trellising can improve yields, keep fruit straight and scab free\u003cbr\u003e• Incorporate a shovelful of compost and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer and 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal per hill\u003cbr\u003e• Plant seeds in several successions every 3-4 weeks to enjoy continued harvest.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• For best germination, keep soil evenly moist but not too wet\u003cbr\u003e• Cover hill with floating row covers or garden cloches, or a row cover to speed up germination\u003cbr\u003e• Thin to the strongest 1-2 plants when first true leaves emerge\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransplanting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Start indoors in 4 inch pots, 3-4 weeks before anticipated transplant date\u003cbr\u003e• Avoid letting starts get root bound; transplant carefully as to not disturb roots\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Common insects: Striped and spotted cucumber beetles, aphids, squash bugs\u003cbr\u003e• Insect control: Pyrethrin\u003cbr\u003e• Common diseases: See chart below\u003cbr\u003e• Disease prevention: 3-4 year crop rotation, Zonix for Powdery Mildew\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Consistent harvest will keep plants productive\u003cbr\u003e• Store at 45°F and 95% relative humidity\u003cbr\u003e• For pickling, harvest cukes when small, before seeds form\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205602087126,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/CucumberMarketmore76Organic.jpg?v=1639508994"},{"product_id":"carrot-nantes-coreless-heirloom-200-seeds","title":"Carrot 'Nantes Coreless' Heirloom (200 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis delicious carrot shrugs aside heavy soil, and forms beautiful 15-20cm (6-8\") long, fine-grained roots that are bright orange throughout and as coreless as the name suggests. Nantes Coreless carrot seeds develop cylindrical and sweet roots, with relatively small tops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThey have excellent flavour, and are very tender. Sow these lovely carrots in raised beds or in deeply cultivated garden soil, and be sure to thin the seedlings to 4-10cm (1.5 - 4\") apart in the row so that each has room to develop on its own. In the home garden, sow short rows of carrot seeds at two to three week intervals, and enjoy a much longer harvest window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMatures in 75 days. \u003ci data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e(Open-pollinated seeds)\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe first mention of red, white, and purple carrots can be found in the records of both Afghanistan and Egypt. Yellow carrots, on the other hand, date back to Turkish records from the 900s. After World War I, carrots became extremely popular in the United States, and are now produced commercially mostly in Texas, Michigan, and California. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 200 seeds per packet (packed by volume).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDaucus carota\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e var. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003esativus\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStudies on the nutritional properties of carrots have revealed that they are powerhouses of a wide range of phytonutrient antioxidants. With the vast spectrum of colors and varieties available, the amounts of individual antioxidants vary, yet the overall balance of these potent nutrients contributes to outstanding health benefits regardless of the variety.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDays to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Carrots perform best in deeply worked, well-composted, loose soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When the soil is workable, spade or till it to a fine texture 12-16 inches deep — cloddy, heavy soil will not make straight roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Heavy soils can cause forked roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Avoid split roots by maintaining even watering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When plants have 7-10 leaves, hill 1-2 inches of soil around crowns to prevent green shoulders\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Dig a shallow furrow and lightly cover seed with soil, vermiculite or sifted compost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Water evenly and regularly to prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Row cover beds when soil temperatures are cool and to help prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Thin when plants are 4 inches tall\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Sow mid-June—July for a fall\/winter crop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common insects: Carrot fly\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Insect control: Row covers at planting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common diseases: Various blights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Disease prevention: 3-4 year crop rotation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Best harvested when 1\/2-3\/4 inches in diameter when carrots are sweet and tender\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Irrigate well prior to harvest to ensure the roots have absorbed their maximum capacity of water\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Cut tops prior to storage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Flavor is enhanced after a couple of frosts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Roots can be dug any time at maturity through winter as needed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: In harsh climates, mulch with straw for protection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205673390294,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/CarrotNantesCoreless.jpg?v=1639509660"},{"product_id":"carrot-purple-haze-hybrid-100-seeds","title":"Carrot 'Purple Sun' Hybrid (100 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStunning dark purple roots with near solid purple interior. Purple Sun’s pointed roots are packed with antioxidants making this carrot a healthy choice that tastes good too. Can have some lighter color at tips when young and when seeded in spring. Has bolt tolerance and shows superior disease resistance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMatures in 75 days. \u003ci data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e(Open-pollinated seeds)\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 100 seeds per packet (packed by volume).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDaucus carota\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e var. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003esativus\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStudies on the nutritional properties of carrots have revealed that they are powerhouses of a wide range of phytonutrient antioxidants. With the vast spectrum of colors and varieties available, the amounts of individual antioxidants vary, yet the overall balance of these potent nutrients contributes to outstanding health benefits regardless of the variety.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDays to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Carrots perform best in deeply worked, well-composted, loose soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When the soil is workable, spade or till it to a fine texture 12-16 inches deep — cloddy, heavy soil will not make straight roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Heavy soils can cause forked roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Avoid split roots by maintaining even watering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When plants have 7-10 leaves, hill 1-2 inches of soil around crowns to prevent green shoulders\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Dig a shallow furrow and lightly cover seed with soil, vermiculite or sifted compost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Water evenly and regularly to prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Row cover beds when soil temperatures are cool and to help prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Thin when plants are 4 inches tall\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Sow mid-June—July for a fall\/winter crop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common insects: Carrot fly\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Insect control: Row covers at planting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common diseases: Various blights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Disease prevention: 3-4 year crop rotation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Best harvested when 1\/2-3\/4 inches in diameter when carrots are sweet and tender\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Irrigate well prior to harvest to ensure the roots have absorbed their maximum capacity of water\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Cut tops prior to storage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Flavor is enhanced after a couple of frosts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Roots can be dug any time at maturity through winter as needed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: In harsh climates, mulch with straw for protection\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205769171158,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/PurpleSunCarrot.jpg?v=1643914719"},{"product_id":"carrot-rainbow-blend-150-seeds","title":"Carrot 'Rainbow Blend' (150 seeds)","description":"\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eAn eye-pleasing blend of different coloured \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ecarrots\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e, each with its own crunchy texture, distinct sweet flavour and different sizes at maturity so you can e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003enjoy the diversity that carrots can bring to the garden. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePlant 'Rainbow Blend' carrot seeds to grow purple, white, red, and nice big orange carrots all in the same row. Get the most out of this collection by sowing as evenly as possible to reduce thinning and waste. Repeat sowings will provide a polychromatic carrot bounty from late spring to winter. Kids will love the variety of colours and flavours.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMatures in 75 days. \u003ci data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e(Open-pollinated seeds)\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe first mention of red, white, and purple carrots can be found in the records of both Afghanistan and Egypt. Yellow carrots, on the other hand, date back to Turkish records from the 900s. After World War I, carrots became extremely popular in the United States, and are now produced commercially mostly in Texas, Michigan, and California. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 150 seeds per packet (packed by volume).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDaucus carota\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e var. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003esativus\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eStudies on the nutritional properties of carrots have revealed that they are powerhouses of a wide range of phytonutrient antioxidants. With the vast spectrum of colors and varieties available, the amounts of individual antioxidants vary, yet the overall balance of these potent nutrients contributes to outstanding health benefits regardless of the variety.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDays to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Carrots perform best in deeply worked, well-composted, loose soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When the soil is workable, spade or till it to a fine texture 12-16 inches deep — cloddy, heavy soil will not make straight roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Heavy soils can cause forked roots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Avoid split roots by maintaining even watering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• When plants have 7-10 leaves, hill 1-2 inches of soil around crowns to prevent green shoulders\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Dig a shallow furrow and lightly cover seed with soil, vermiculite or sifted compost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Water evenly and regularly to prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Row cover beds when soil temperatures are cool and to help prevent soil crusting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Thin when plants are 4 inches tall\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Sow mid-June—July for a fall\/winter crop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common insects: Carrot fly\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Insect control: Row covers at planting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Common diseases: Various blights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Disease prevention: 3-4 year crop rotation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Best harvested when 1\/2-3\/4 inches in diameter when carrots are sweet and tender\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Irrigate well prior to harvest to ensure the roots have absorbed their maximum capacity of water\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Cut tops prior to storage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Flavor is enhanced after a couple of frosts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: Roots can be dug any time at maturity through winter as needed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Fall\/Winter Crop: In harsh climates, mulch with straw for protection\u003c\/span\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205839982806,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/CarrotRainbowBlend.jpg?v=1639511082"},{"product_id":"beet-golden-heirloom-50-seeds","title":"Beet 'Golden' Heirloom (50 seeds)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eBest Seller! This variety dates back to the 1820s or before. The very sweet beets are a rich, golden yellow, and they won’t bleed like red beets. The greens are also very tasty. The most popular variety with our staff.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGolden Beetroots have been around since the early 1800s, but this variety was first sold by Burpee in the 1940s. It was advertised as a lovely, deep yellow beet that would not bleed. Beets seem to have originated in the Mediterranean region, where people grew them for thousands of years. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLater, beets grew in Germany and Holland and were used as cattle fodder. They were later imported to England for this purpose, but the poor began to raise them as an affordable food source. American colonists later brought Golden Beetroots to the New World, where they became a commonly enjoyed food both for their roots and their greens.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e55 days to maturity. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eApproximately 50 seeds per packet.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e---\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCulture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e• Beets perform best in fertile, evenly moist soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003cbr\u003e• Uniform soil moisture is essential\u003cbr\u003e• Sudden changes in temperature or soil moisture will increase zoning (ring formation in the root) and lead to premature bolting\u003cbr\u003e• Transplanting not recommended as it can damage the tap root\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sowing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIncorporate a shovelful of compost and 1\/4 cup of balanced organic slow release fertilizer and 1\/4 cup of organic bone meal and mix into the bottom of the furrow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Cover seeds with sifted compost, loose soil, or vermiculite and water evenly\u003cbr\u003e• Use row cover when soil temperatures are cool and to protect from pests\u003cbr\u003e• Sow June—August for a fall crop\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsects \u0026amp; Diseases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Common insects: Leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers\u003cbr\u003e• Insect control: Pick off affected leaves and check for eggs—if found, spray with Pyrethrin\u003cbr\u003e• Common diseases: Scab\u003cbr\u003e• Disease prevention: Neutral pH (7.0), 3-4 year crop rotation, keep adequately watered\u003cbr\u003e• Common pests: Mice, voles, and gophers\u003cbr\u003e• Pest control: Traps or underground screens\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Harvest when roots reach desired size; small roots are tender, large roots may become woody if left in the ground too long\u003cbr\u003e• Leaves can be used as pot greens or in salads\u003cbr\u003e• Trim tops and store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFall \u0026amp; Winter Harvest\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Beets should be harvested before temperatures drop to the 15-20°F range\u003cbr\u003e• If you are in a temperate climate, and your soil is well drained, your best location for root storage is in the garden under a protective layer of straw\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42205944676566,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/BeetGoldenHeirloom3.jpg?v=1644181412"},{"product_id":"dahlia-boom-boom-white-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Boom Boom White' - Small Formal Decorative (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDahlia Boom Boom White quite possibly is the earliest white ball dahlia on the market. She will grace you with her abundant pristine white flowers for weeks, while the rest of your dahlias are “still thinking about it”.. \u003c\/span\u003eGreat for wedding work and flower arranging. All dahlias from Boom-Boom series are small size Ball dahlias with a classic shape and they are all early and proliferous bloomers! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\" title=\"Early Shipping Request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or 5-7 gallon pot to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of 30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251338055894,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/15912C9C-0B77-4C65-AD28-490B65C75FAF.jpg?v=1726791703"},{"product_id":"dahlia-ivanetti-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Ivanetti' - Ball (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the best dark hued varieties you can grow! Plants are loaded with rich, deep maroon blooms all season. Long, strong stems, and weather resistant flowers make them a fantastic cut.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 3-\u003c\/span\u003e4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Early Shipping Request\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251358863574,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DahliaIvanetti.jpg?v=1640304840"},{"product_id":"dahlia-ryan-c-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Ryan C' - Formal Decorative (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you like growing flowers where every one is truly unique, Ryan C is the variety for you! This dahlia has purple flowers tipped with white on most petals. Occasionally you might see a bloom that is solid purple or solid white. Ryan C is one of our favorite varieties to use in mixed bouquets as it goes well with so many different color palettes. These plants are of medium stature and will throw lots of blooms all season long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 6\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Early Shipping Request\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251372986582,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DahliaRyanC2.jpg?v=1706738030"},{"product_id":"dahlia-sweet-love-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Sweet Love' (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSweet Love is perfectly pink and grows well on long, erect stems. It’s a prolific bloomer throughout the season and is known to fade to a creamy color towards the end of the growing season, making a nice ‘blush’ option for fall weddings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-5'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 4-5\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Early Shipping Request\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e***\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251394220246,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/475F30B2-2B9A-4871-A9D1-51E3B6512471.jpg?v=1706288642"},{"product_id":"dahlia-ferncliff-illusion-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Ferncliff Illusion' - Dinnerplate Informal Decorative (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for a beautiful, impactful addition to your garden? Look no further than Dahlia 'Ferncliff Illusion'. This stunning Dahlia boasts giant white blooms with subtle purple edges, each up to 8-10\" wide. Its fully double flowers are delightful, yet still strong enough to stay upright - even in the rain! \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-5'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8-10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\" title=\"Early Shipping Request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e***\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251572642006,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DahliaFerncliffIllusion4.jpg?v=1640313772"},{"product_id":"dahlia-shiloh-noelle-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Shiloh Noelle' - Dinnerplate Informal Decorative (1 imported tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA beautiful, ruffled bloom in a lovely and elegant pale lavender, Shiloh Noelle almost looks more like an intricately decorated wedding cake than a flower, but what a stunning flower she is! Huge and easy to grow, this dinnerplate dahlia will produce a bloom up to 10 inches across! Just one makes a huge statement! The giant, pale lavender blooms look like a paler, purple version of the coveted 'Cafe au Lait.'\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Early Shipping Request\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eNetherlands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251702665430,"sku":"","price":17.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/16D3BFD1-6F97-4944-85D0-E61EFA2E0B34.jpg?v=1775167683"},{"product_id":"dahlia-sir-alf-ramsay-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Sir Alf Ramsay' - Dinnerplate Semi-Cactus (1 imported tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDahlia ‘Sir Alf Ramsay’ is a striking, sophisticated bloom that combines elegance with bold presence. Its soft delicate tones and perfectly sculpted petals create a dramatic oversized flower that stands out in any garden or bouquet. Reliable, vibrant, and full of character, ‘Sir Alf Ramsay’ brings a touch of refinement and garden prestige to every season.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca title=\"Early Shipping Request\" href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e; font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003eNetherlands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42251719442646,"sku":"","price":17.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/Dahlia_Sir_Alf_Ramsey_-_buy_dahlia_tubers_online.jpg?v=1775169889"},{"product_id":"dahlia-bristol-stripe-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Bristol Stripe' - Dinnerplate Informal Decorative Variegated (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003eDahlia Bristol Stripe\u003cspan\u003e almost doesn't look real. A perfectly formed bloom with the most delightful two-toned, multi-layered petals. One surely to put a sparkle in your garden pots or borders. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-5'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8-10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\" title=\"Early Shipping Request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42301089317078,"sku":"","price":17.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/products\/DahliaBristolStripe3.jpg?v=1672357353"},{"product_id":"dahlia-cafe-au-lait-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Cafe Au Lait' - Dinnerplate Informal Decorative (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eThe award-winning Dahlia \"Cafe Au Lait\" wows with its gorgeous creamy blossoms, flecked with light peach. It's easy to see why this stunning flower has won numerous awards, and why it continues to capture the hearts of admirers. Add a touch of class to your garden with this luxurious and graceful flower. It's sure to be the highlight of your outdoor space.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8-10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\" title=\"Early Shipping Request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e***\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42301413589206,"sku":"","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/DahliaCafeauLait2_4e8a37ac-2eb1-41b8-a3bd-e66942f86dd2.jpg?v=1706227468"},{"product_id":"dahlia-islander-dinnerplate-1-tuber","title":"Dahlia 'Islander' - Dinnerplate Informal Decorative (1 farm tuber)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis giant salmon-pink darling is as beautiful as it is memorable. A hard to find color, especially in this size, we’re so excited to add this gem to our offerings. The huge ruffled blooms produce abundantly and sit atop tall, strong stems, making it an excellent extra large cut flower.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-5'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8-10\u003c\/span\u003e\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSPRING SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from mid-April through May\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eFALL SHIPPING\u003c\/span\u003e: from late-October through mid-November\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff007e;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eEARLY SHIPPING SERVICE FEE\u003c\/span\u003e: $14 thermal protection + courier upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\" title=\"Early Shipping Request\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126); font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ehttps:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/products\/early-shipping-request\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(0, 0, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin: \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 0, 126);\"\u003eCanada\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuber Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e Tender perennial (dig out after first frost for overwintering, or treat as an annual)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSummer to First Frost\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Staking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Highly recommended due to height \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eDahlias are shipped as single tubers with minimum one eye guaranteed per tuber. If you are not able to plant the tubers upon arrival, store in a cool, dry, dark location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003ePlant Dahlia's after the last Spring frost and soil has warmed to 15°C (60°F). Pick a well drained, rich, organic flower bed or planter to plant into.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eLoosen the soil to a depth of  30 cm (12\")  before planting.  Add compost and all-purpose granular fertilizer to the planting area and mix well. Dig a hole and plant the tubers, keeping the stem(s) or sprouts upright. The top of the tubers, where the sprout emerge, should be positioned 3-6\" below the soil surface when the hole is filled in. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eFill in around the tuber, firmly pressing down the soil so it is even with the surrounding ground, and water well.  Make sure there are no air pockets in the soil.  If planting in a container, ensure there are adequate drainage holes.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- To get a jump start to the flowering season, you can plant the tubers in pots indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting into the garden. Once the shoots appear, please provide ample light with indoor grow lights or south-facing window. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When the plants are 30 cm (12\") tall, pinch off the top of the main stem.  This will stimulate branching producing more stems and flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eA common mistake when growing dahlias is to overwater \u003c\/span\u003etubers you have just planted.  To\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eo much water at this early stage can lead to rot. Water once when you first plant the tuber, then wait until you spot the first sprouts before watering again.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003eTo prevent disease, keep the foliage of dahlias as dry as possible. Water deeply once or twice a week, allowing the 2.5 cm (1\") top of soil to dry out in between waterings. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia plants will benefit from supplemental organic water-soluble fertilizer every 3-4 weeks until September. Stop fertilizing in September to promote better overwintering of tubers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- It is important to deadhead (remove wilted blooms) to encourage new buds, otherwise the plant will stop blooming and will focus its energy on seed production. Trim s\u003c\/span\u003epent dahlia blooms with clean sharp garden scissors just above the point where the flower stem intersects with a leaf. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Cut blossoms liberally for indoor flower arrangements to encourage more branching and flower production. Despite a relatively short vase life, dahlias make gorgeous bouquets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e- Dahlias do not propagate reliably from seed, so if you'd like to keep and multiply your dahlia stock, make sure to dig up the tubers in fall.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Dahlia tubers can be lifted for winter storage at any time, as long as the plant had been growing for over 120 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverwintering:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- In fall, after the first frost has blackened the foliage, cut off all but 2 to 4 inches of top growth, and carefully dig tubers without damaging them. Allow to dry for a few days in a frost-free location, out of direct sunlight. Once dried, remove any excess soil, leaving 1 to 2 inches of stem. Store each clump of tubers in a ventilated box or basket. Fill the box with peat moss, clean wood shavings or vermiculite and place it in a cool, dry location. Saran wrapping individual tubers is also a great overwintering option, recommended by American Dahlia Society.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Optimal temperature for overwintering is +4.4C-10C (40F-50F). Don't allow your tubers to freeze as they are extremely cold sensitive. If temperature is too warm however, they may start to sprout in storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Maintaining proper humidity is crucial. If stored wet, tubers will mold and possibly rot. If they are stored too dry, they will shrivel up and may die. A little shriveling is perfectly normal and won't affect the viability of the tubers. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- Check tubers periodically through winter for rotting and drying out. If the tubers appear shriveled, mist them lightly with water. If any start to rot, trim the rotted portion of the clump so it won't spread. The tubers are fragile, so be careful when handling them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-open-accessibility-text-original=\"14px\"\u003e- When warm weather arrives, you can plant the overwintered tubers and begin the growing cycle again.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lily's Garden Store","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42301417816278,"sku":"","price":17.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0602\/4871\/9574\/files\/38E65881-46E1-4FFB-9BE3-D2F31D9F9D3E.heic?v=1702317105"}],"url":"https:\/\/lilysgardenstore.com\/collections\/best-selling-products.oembed?page=19","provider":"Lily's Garden Store","version":"1.0","type":"link"}